]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/iw.git/blob - nl80211.h
scan: fix indentation in previous change
[thirdparty/iw.git] / nl80211.h
1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3 /*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation
15 *
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19 *
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27 *
28 */
29
30 /*
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34 *
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41 */
42
43 #include <linux/types.h>
44
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
54
55 /**
56 * DOC: Station handling
57 *
58 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
59 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
60 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
61 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
62 * to.
63 *
64 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
65 * capabilities.
66 *
67 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
68 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
69 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
70 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
71 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
72 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
73 * time mark it authorized.
74 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
75 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
76 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
77 *
78 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
79 */
80
81 /**
82 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
83 *
84 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
85 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
86 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
87 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
88 * for various reasons.
89 *
90 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
91 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
92 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
93 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
94 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
95 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
96 * for doing that.
97 *
98 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
99 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
100 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
101 *
102 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
103 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
104 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
105 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
106 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
107 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
108 *
109 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
110 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
111 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
112 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
113 *
114 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
115 * below.
116 */
117
118 /**
119 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
120 *
121 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
122 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
123 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
124 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
125 *
126 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
127 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
128 * types there no concurrency is implied.
129 *
130 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
131 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
132 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
133 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
134 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
135 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
136 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
137 *
138 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
139 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
140 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
141 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
142 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
143 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
144 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
145 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
146 *
147 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
148 * interfaces that a given device supports.
149 */
150
151 /**
152 * DOC: packet coalesce support
153 *
154 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
155 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
156 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
157 * and power consumption.
158 *
159 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
160 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
161 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
162 * following events occur.
163 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
164 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
165 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
166 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
167 *
168 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
169 * rule.
170 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
171 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
172 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
173 * Multiple such rules can be created.
174 */
175
176 /**
177 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
178 *
179 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
180 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
181 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
182 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
183 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
184 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
185 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
186 *
187 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
188 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
189 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
190 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
191 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
192 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
193 *
194 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
195 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
197 */
198
199 /**
200 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
201 *
202 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
203 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
204 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
205 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
206 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
207 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
208 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
209 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
211 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
212 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
213 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
214 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
215 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
216 *
217 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
218 * below additional parameters to userspace.
219 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
220 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
221 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
222 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
223 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
224 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
225 *
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
227 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
228 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
229 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
230 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
231 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
232 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
233 */
234
235 /**
236 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
237 *
238 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
239 *
240 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
241 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
242 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
243 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
244 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
245 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
246 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
247 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
248 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
249 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
250 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
251 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
252 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
253 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
254 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
255 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
256 *
257 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
258 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
259 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
260 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
261 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
262 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
263 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
264 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
265 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
266 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
267 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
268 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
269 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
270 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
271 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
272 *
273 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
274 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
275 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
276 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
277 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
278 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
279 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
280 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
281 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
282 *
283 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
284 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
285 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
286 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
287 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
288 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
289 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
290 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
291 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
292 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
293 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
294 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
295 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
296 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
297 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
298 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
299 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
300 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
301 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
302 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
303 *
304 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
305 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
306 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
307 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
308 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
309 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
310 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
311 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
312 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
313 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
314 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
315 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
316 * frame).
317 *
318 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
319 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
320 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
321 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
322 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
323 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
324 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
325 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
326 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
327 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
328 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
329 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
330 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
331 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
332 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
333 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
334 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
335 *
336 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
337 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
338 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
339 * global regdomain will be returned.
340 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
341 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
342 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
343 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
344 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
345 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
346 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
347 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
348 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
349 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
350 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
351 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
352 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
353 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
354 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
355 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
356 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
357 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
358 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
359 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
360 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
361 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
362 *
363 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
364 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
365 *
366 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
367 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
368 *
369 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
370 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
371 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
372 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
373 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
374 * added to all specified management frames generated by
375 * kernel/firmware/driver.
376 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
377 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
378 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
379 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
380 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
381 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
382 *
383 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
384 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
385 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
386 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
387 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
388 * be used.
389 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
390 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
391 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
392 * partial scan results may be available
393 *
394 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
395 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
396 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
397 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
398 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
399 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
400 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
401 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
402 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
403 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
404 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
405 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
406 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
407 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
408 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
409 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
410 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
411 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
412 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
413 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
414 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
415 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
416 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
417 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
418 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
419 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
420 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
421 * results available.
422 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
423 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
424 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
425 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
426 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
427 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
428 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
429 *
430 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
431 * or noise level
432 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
433 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
434 *
435 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
436 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
437 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
438 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
439 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
440 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
441 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
442 * ESS.
443 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
444 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
445 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
446 * authentication.
447 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
448 *
449 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
450 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
451 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
452 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
453 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
454 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
455 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
456 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
457 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
458 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
459 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
460 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
461 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
462 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
463 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
464 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
465 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
466 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
467 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
468 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
469 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
470 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
471 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
472 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
473 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
474 * the beacon hint was processed.
475 *
476 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
477 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
478 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
479 * authentication process.
480 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
481 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
482 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
483 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
484 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
485 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
486 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
487 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
488 * to be added to the frame.
489 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
490 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
491 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
492 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
493 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
494 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
495 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
496 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
497 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
498 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
499 * pending authentication timed out).
500 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
501 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
502 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
503 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
504 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
505 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
506 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
507 * included).
508 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
509 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
510 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
511 * primitives).
512 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
513 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
514 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
515 *
516 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
517 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
518 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
519 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
520 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
521 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
522 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
523 *
524 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
525 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
526 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
527 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
528 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
529 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
530 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
531 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
532 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
533 * determined by the network interface.
534 *
535 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
536 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
537 * to the driver.
538 *
539 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
540 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
541 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
542 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
543 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
544 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
545 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
546 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
547 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
548 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
549 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
550 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
551 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
552 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
553 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
554 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
555 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
556 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
557 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
558 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
559 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
560 * a different BSS is desired.
561 * Background scan period can optionally be
562 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
563 * if not specified default background scan configuration
564 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
565 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
566 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
567 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
568 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
569 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
570 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
571 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
572 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
573 * well to remain backwards compatible.
574 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
575 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
576 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
577 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
578 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
579 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
580 * handshake), this event should be followed by an
581 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
582 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
583 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
584 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
585 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
586 *
587 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
588 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
589 *
590 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
591 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
592 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
593 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
594 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
595 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
596 * frequency for the operation.
597 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
598 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
599 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
600 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
601 * radio).
602 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
603 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
604 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
605 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
606 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
607 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
608 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
609 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
610 * uniquely identify the request.
611 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
612 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
613 *
614 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
615 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
616 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
617 *
618 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
619 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
620 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
621 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
622 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
623 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
624 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
625 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
626 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
627 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
628 * backward compatibility
629 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
630 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
631 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
632 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
633 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
634 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
635 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
636 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
637 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
638 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
639 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
640 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
641 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
642 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
643 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
644 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
645 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
646 * is used during CSA period.
647 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
648 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
649 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
650 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
651 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
652 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
653 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
654 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
655 * the frame.
656 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
657 * backward compatibility.
658 *
659 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
660 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
661 *
662 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
663 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
664 * levels.
665 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
666 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
667 * reached.
668 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
669 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
670 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
671 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
672 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
673 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
674 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
675 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
676 * precedence when they are used.
677 *
678 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
679 *
680 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
681 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
682 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
683 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
684 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
685 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
686 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
687 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
688 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
689 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
690 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
691 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
692 * command, the feature is disabled.
693 *
694 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
695 * mesh config parameters may be given.
696 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
697 * network is determined by the network interface.
698 *
699 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
700 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
701 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
702 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
703 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
704 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
705 *
706 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
707 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
708 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
709 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
710 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
711 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
712 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
713 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
714 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
715 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
716 * depending on the authentication result.
717 *
718 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
719 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
720 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
721 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
722 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
723 * more background information, see
724 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
725 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
726 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
727 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
728 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
729 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
730 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
731 *
732 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
733 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
734 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
735 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
736 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
737 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
738 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
739 *
740 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
741 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
742 *
743 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
744 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
745 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
746 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
747 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
748 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
749 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
750 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
751 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
752 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
753 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
754 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
755 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
756 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
757 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
758 *
759 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
760 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
761 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
762 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
763 * is received.
764 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
765 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
766 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
767 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
768 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
769 *
770 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
771 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
772 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
773 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
774 *
775 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
776 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
777 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
778 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
779 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
780 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
781 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
782 *
783 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
784 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
785 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
786 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
787 *
788 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
789 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
790 *
791 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
792 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
793 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
794 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
795 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
796 * from the remote AP) is completed;
797 *
798 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
799 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
800 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
801 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
802 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
803 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
804 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
805 * interfaces to change channel as well.
806 *
807 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
808 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
809 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
810 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
811 * public action frame TX.
812 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
813 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
814 *
815 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
816 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
817 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
818 * is used for this.
819 *
820 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
821 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
822 *
823 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
824 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
825 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
826 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
827 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
828 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
829 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
830 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
831 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
832 *
833 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
834 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
835 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
836 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
837 * while operating on this channel.
838 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
839 * event.
840 *
841 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
842 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
843 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
844 *
845 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
846 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
847 *
848 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
849 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
850 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
851 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
852 *
853 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
854 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
855 * complete.
856 *
857 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
858 * return back to normal.
859 *
860 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
861 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
862 *
863 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
864 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
865 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
866 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
867 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
868 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
869 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
870 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
871 * switch is complete.
872 *
873 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
874 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
875 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
876 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
877 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
878 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
879 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
880 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
881 *
882 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
883 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
884 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
885 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
886 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
887 *
888 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
889 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
890 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
891 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
892 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
893 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
894 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
895 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
896 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
897 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
898 * fail even if the check was successful.
899 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
900 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
901 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
902 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
903 *
904 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
905 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
906 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
907 *
908 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
909 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
910 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
911 * network is determined by the network interface.
912 *
913 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
914 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
915 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
916 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
917 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
918 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
919 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
920 * AP.
921 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
922 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
923 * when this command completes.
924 *
925 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
926 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
927 * management.
928 *
929 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
930 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
931 * cfg80211_scan_done().
932 *
933 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
934 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
935 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
936 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
937 * cluster. This command must have a valid
938 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
939 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
940 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
941 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
942 * added.
943 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
944 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
945 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
946 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
947 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
948 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
949 * of the function upon success.
950 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
951 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
952 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
953 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
954 * which just terminated.
955 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
956 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
957 * the response to this command.
958 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
959 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
960 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
961 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
962 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
963 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
964 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
965 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
966 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
967 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
968 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
969 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
970 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
971 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
972 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
973 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
974 *
975 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
976 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
977 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
978 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
979 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
980 *
981 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
982 * for the given authenticator address (specified with &NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
983 * When &NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, &NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
984 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
985 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
986 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
987 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
988 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
989 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
990 * specified with &NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
991 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
992 * &NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or &NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
993 * &NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
994 *
995 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
996 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
997 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
998 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
999 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1000 * 802.11 headers.
1001 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1002 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1003 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1004 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1005 *
1006 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1007 *
1008 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1009 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1010 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1011 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1012 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1013 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1014 *
1015 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1016 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1017 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1018 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1019 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1020 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1021 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1022 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1023 * command interface.
1024 *
1025 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1026 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1027 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1028 *
1029 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1030 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of &NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1031 * &NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,&NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1032 * address(specified in &NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1033 *
1034 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1035 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1036 */
1037 enum nl80211_commands {
1038 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1039 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1040
1041 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1042 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1043 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1044 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1045
1046 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1047 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1048 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1049 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1050
1051 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1052 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1053 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1054 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1055
1056 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1057 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1058 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1059 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1060 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1061 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1062
1063 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1064 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1065 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1066 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1067
1068 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1069 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1070 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1071 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1072
1073 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1074
1075 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1076 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1077
1078 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1079 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1080
1081 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1082
1083 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1084
1085 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1086 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1087 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1088 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1089
1090 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1091
1092 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1093 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1094 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1095 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1096
1097 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1098
1099 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1100
1101 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1102 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1103
1104 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1105
1106 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1107 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1108 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1109
1110 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1111
1112 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1113 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1114
1115 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1116 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1117 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1118
1119 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1120 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1121
1122 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1123
1124 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1125 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1126 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1127 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1128 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1129 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1130
1131 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1132 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1133
1134 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1135 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1136
1137 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1138 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1139
1140 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1141
1142 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1143 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1144
1145 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1146 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1147
1148 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1149
1150 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1151 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1152
1153 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1154 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1155 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1156 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1157
1158 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1159
1160 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1161
1162 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1163 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1164
1165 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1166
1167 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1168
1169 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1170
1171 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1172
1173 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1174
1175 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1176
1177 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1178 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1179
1180 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1181
1182 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1183
1184 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1185
1186 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1187
1188 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1189
1190 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1191 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1192
1193 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1194 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1195
1196 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1197 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1198
1199 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1200
1201 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1202
1203 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1204
1205 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1206 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1207
1208 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1209
1210 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1211 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1212
1213 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1214
1215 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1216 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1217
1218 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1219
1220 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1221
1222 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1223 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1224 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1225 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1226 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1227 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1228
1229 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1230
1231 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1232
1233 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1234 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1235
1236 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1237
1238 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1239
1240 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1241
1242 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1243
1244 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1245
1246 /* add new commands above here */
1247
1248 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1249 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1250 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1251 };
1252
1253 /*
1254 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1255 * here
1256 */
1257 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1258 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1259 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1260 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1261 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1262 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1263 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1264 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1265
1266 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1267
1268 /* source-level API compatibility */
1269 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1270 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1271 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1272
1273 /**
1274 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1275 *
1276 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1277 *
1278 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1279 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1280 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1281 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1282 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1283 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1284 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1285 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1286 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1287 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1288 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1289 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1290 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1291 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1292 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1293 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1294 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1295 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1296 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1297 * this attribute)
1298 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1299 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1300 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1301 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1302 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1303 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1304 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1305 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1306 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1307 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1308 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1309 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1310 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1311 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1312 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1313 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1314 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1315 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1316 *
1317 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1318 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1319 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1320 *
1321 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1322 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1323 *
1324 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1325 *
1326 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1327 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1328 * keys
1329 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1330 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1331 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1332 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1333 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1334 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1335 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1336 * default management key
1337 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1338 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1339 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1340 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1341 *
1342 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1343 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1344 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1345 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1346 *
1347 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1348 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1349 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1350 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1351 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1352 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1353 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1354 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1355 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1356 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1357 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1358 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1359 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1360 *
1361 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1362 * consisting of a nested array.
1363 *
1364 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1365 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1366 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1367 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1368 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1369 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1370 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1371 *
1372 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1373 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1374 *
1375 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1376 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1377 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1378 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1379 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1380 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1381 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1382 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1383 * to a specific alpha2.
1384 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1385 * rules.
1386 *
1387 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1388 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1389 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1390 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1391 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1392 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1393 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1394 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1395 *
1396 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1397 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1398 *
1399 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1400 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1401 * of the interface mode.
1402 *
1403 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1404 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1405 *
1406 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1407 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1408 *
1409 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1410 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1411 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1412 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1413 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1414 * that can be added to a scan request
1415 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1416 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1417 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1418 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1419 *
1420 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1421 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1422 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1423 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1424 *
1425 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1426 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1427 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1428 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1429 *
1430 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1431 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1432 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1433 *
1434 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1435 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1436 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1437 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1438 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1439 * represented as a u32
1440 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1441 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1442 *
1443 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1444 * a u32
1445 *
1446 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1447 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1448 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1449 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1450 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1452 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1453 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1454 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1455 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1456 *
1457 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1458 * cipher suites
1459 *
1460 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1461 * for other networks on different channels
1462 *
1463 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1464 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1465 *
1466 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1467 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1468 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1469 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1470 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1471 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1472 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1473 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1474 *
1475 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1476 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1477 *
1478 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1479 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1480 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1481 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1482 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1483 * default in station mode.
1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1485 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1486 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1487 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1488 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1489 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1491 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1492 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1494 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1495 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1496 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1497 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1498 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1499 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1500 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1501 * flag.
1502 *
1503 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1504 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1505 *
1506 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1507 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1508 * a local disconnect request.
1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1510 * event (u16)
1511 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1512 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1513 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1514 *
1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1516 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1517 * (an array of u32).
1518 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1519 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1520 * u32).
1521 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1522 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1523 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1524 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1525 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1526 *
1527 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1528 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1529 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1530 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1531 *
1532 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1533 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1534 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1535 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1536 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1537 *
1538 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1539 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1541 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1542 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1543 *
1544 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1545 *
1546 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1547 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1548 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1549 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1550 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1551 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1552 * completely from scratch.
1553 *
1554 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1555 *
1556 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1557 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1558 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1559 *
1560 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1561 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1562 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1563 *
1564 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1566 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1567 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1568 *
1569 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1570 *
1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1572 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1573 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1574 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1575 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1576 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1577 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1578 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1579 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1580 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1581 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1582 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1583 *
1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1585 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1587 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1588 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1589 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1590 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1591 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1593 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1594 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1595 *
1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1597 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1598 *
1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1600 *
1601 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1602 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1603 *
1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1605 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1606 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1607 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1608 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1609 *
1610 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1611 * connected to this BSS.
1612 *
1613 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1614 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1616 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1617 * for non-automatic settings.
1618 *
1619 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1620 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1621 *
1622 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1623 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1624 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1625 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1626 *
1627 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1628 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1629 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1630 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1631 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1632 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1633 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1634 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1635 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1636 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1637 *
1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1639 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1640 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1641 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1642 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1643 *
1644 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1645 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1646 *
1647 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1648 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1649 *
1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1651 *
1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1653 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1654 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1655 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1656 * nl80211 capability flag.
1657 *
1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1659 *
1660 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1661 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1662 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1663 *
1664 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1665 * changed once the mesh is active.
1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1667 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1669 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1670 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1671 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1672 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1673 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1674 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1675 *
1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1677 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1679 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1680 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1681 * triggers.
1682 *
1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1684 * cycles, in msecs.
1685 *
1686 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1687 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1688 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1689 * pass-thru filter rules.
1690 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1691 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1692 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1693 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1694 * able to ignore them by itself.
1695 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1696 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1697 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1698 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1699 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1700 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1701 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1702 * If ommited, no filtering is done.
1703 *
1704 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1705 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1706 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1708 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1709 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1710 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1711 *
1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1713 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1714 *
1715 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1716 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1717 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1718 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1719 *
1720 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1721 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1722 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1723 *
1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1725 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1726 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1727 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1729 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1730 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1731 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1732 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1733 *
1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1735 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1737 * as AP.
1738 *
1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1740 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1741 *
1742 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1743 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1744 *
1745 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1746 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1747 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1748 * applications use this attribute.
1749 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1750 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1751 *
1752 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1753 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1754 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1755 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1756 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1758 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1760 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1762 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1763 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1764 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1765 *
1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1767 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1768 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1769 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1770 *
1771 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1772 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1773 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1774 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1775 *
1776 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1777 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1779 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1780 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1781 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1782 *
1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1784 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1785 * to be filled by the FW.
1786 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1787 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1788 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1789 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1790 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1791 * The values that may be configured are:
1792 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1793 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1794 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1795 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1796 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1797 *
1798 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1799 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1800 * to one DFS region.
1801 *
1802 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1803 * up to 16 TIDs.
1804 *
1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1806 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1807 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
1808 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1809 * capability to timeout the stations.
1810 *
1811 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1812 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1813 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1814 *
1815 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1816 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1817 *
1818 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1819 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1820 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1821 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1822 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1823 *
1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1825 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1826 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1827 *
1828 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1829 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1830 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1831 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1832 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1833 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1834 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1835 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1836 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1837 * consistent.
1838 *
1839 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1840 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1841 *
1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1843 *
1844 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1845 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1846 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1847 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1848 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1849 * no change is made.
1850 *
1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1852 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1853 *
1854 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1855 * carried in a u32 attribute
1856 *
1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1858 * MAC ACL.
1859 *
1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1861 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1862 * ACL.
1863 *
1864 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1865 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1866 *
1867 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1868 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1869 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1870 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1871 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1872 *
1873 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1874 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1875 *
1876 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1877 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1878 * and PU-APSD.
1879 *
1880 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1881 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1882 *
1883 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1884 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1885 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1886 *
1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1888 *
1889 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1890 * Element
1891 *
1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1893 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1895 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1896 *
1897 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1898 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1899 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1900 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1901 *
1902 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1903 *
1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1905 * until the channel switch event.
1906 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1907 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1908 * operation).
1909 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1910 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1912 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1913 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1914 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
1915 *
1916 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1917 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1918 *
1919 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1920 *
1921 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1922 * supported operating classes.
1923 *
1924 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1925 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1926 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1927 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
1928 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
1929 * IBSS network.
1930 *
1931 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1932 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
1933 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1934 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
1935 *
1936 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
1937 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
1938 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
1939 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
1940 * u8 attribute.
1941 *
1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
1943 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
1946 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
1947 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
1948 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
1949 *
1950 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
1951 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
1952 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
1953 *
1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
1955 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
1956 *
1957 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
1958 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
1959 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
1960 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
1961 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
1962 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
1963 *
1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
1965 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
1967 * supported number of csa counters.
1968 *
1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
1970 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
1971 *
1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
1973 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
1974 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
1975 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
1976 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
1977 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
1978 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
1979 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
1980 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
1981 * cleared when the socket is closed.
1982 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
1983 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
1984 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
1985 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
1986 * multicast group.
1987 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
1988 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
1989 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
1990 * torn down when the socket is closed.
1991 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
1992 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
1993 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
1994 * disabled when the socket is closed.
1995 *
1996 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
1997 * the TDLS link initiator.
1998 *
1999 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2000 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2001 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2002 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2003 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2004 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2005 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2006 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2007 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2008 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2009 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2010 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2011 *
2012 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2013 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2014 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2015 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2016 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2017 *
2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2020 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2021 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2022 *
2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2024 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2025 *
2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2027 *
2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2029 *
2030 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2031 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2032 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2033 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2034 *
2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2036 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2037 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2038 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2039 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2040 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2041 *
2042 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2043 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2044 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2045 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2046 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2047 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2048 * over all channels.
2049 *
2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2051 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2052 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2053 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2054
2055 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2056 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2057 *
2058 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2059 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2060 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2061 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2062 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2063 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2064 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2065 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2066 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2067 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2068 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2069 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2070 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2071 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2072 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2073 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2074 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2075 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2076 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2077 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2078 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2079 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2080 *
2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2082 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2083 *
2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2085 *
2086 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2087 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2088 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2089 * interface type.
2090 *
2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2092 * groupID for monitor mode.
2093 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2094 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2095 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2096 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2097 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2098 * each group.
2099 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2100 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2101 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2102 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2103 * groupID data.
2104 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2105 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2106 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2107 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2108 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2109 *
2110 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2111 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2112 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2113 * attribute must not be included).
2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2115 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2117 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2118 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2119 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2120 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2121 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2122 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2123 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2124 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2125 *
2126 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2127 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2128 *
2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2130 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2131 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2132 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2133 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2135 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2136 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2137 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2138 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2139 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2140 * the device will decide what to use.
2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2142 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2143 * attribute.
2144 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2145 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2147 * protection.
2148 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2149 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2150 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2151 *
2152 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2153 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2154 *
2155 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2156 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2157 *
2158 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2159 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2160 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2161 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2162 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2163 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2164 * unnecessary wakeups.
2165 *
2166 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2167 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2168 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out
2169 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2170 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2171 *
2172 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2173 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2174 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2175 *
2176 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2177 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2178 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2179 *
2180 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2181 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2182 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2183 *
2184 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2185 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2186 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2187 *
2188 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2189 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2190 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2191 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2192 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2193 *
2194 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2195 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2196 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2197 *
2198 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2199 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2200 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
2201 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
2202 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
2203 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
2204 *
2205 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2206 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2208 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2209 *
2210 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2211 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2212 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2213 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2215 *
2216 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2217 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2218 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2219 * &NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2220 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2221 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2222 * only with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request. The driver may offload
2223 * authentication processing to user space if this capability is indicated
2224 * in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests from the user space.
2225 *
2226 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2227 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2228 *
2229 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2230 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2231 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2232 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2233 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the
2234 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2235 * enforced.
2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2237 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2238 *
2239 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2240 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2241 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2242 */
2243 enum nl80211_attrs {
2244 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2245 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2246
2247 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2248 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2249
2250 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2251 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2252 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2253
2254 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2255
2256 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2257 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2258 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2259 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2260 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2261
2262 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2263 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2264 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2265 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2266
2267 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2268 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2269 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2270 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2271 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2272 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2273
2274 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2275
2276 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2277
2278 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2279 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2280 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2281 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2282
2283 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2284 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2285 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2286
2287 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2288
2289 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2290
2291 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2292 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2293
2294 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2295
2296 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2297
2298 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2299 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2300 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2301
2302 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2303
2304 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2305 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2306
2307 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2308
2309 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2310 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2311 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2312 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2313
2314 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2315 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2316
2317 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2318
2319 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2320 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2321 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2322 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2323
2324 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2325
2326 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2327 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2328
2329 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2330 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2331
2332 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2333
2334
2335 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2336 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2337 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2338 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2339
2340 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2341
2342 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2343
2344 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2345
2346 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2347
2348 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2349
2350 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2351
2352 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2353 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2354
2355 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2356 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2357 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2358 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2359
2360 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2361 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2362
2363 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2364
2365 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2366 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2367
2368 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2369
2370 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2371
2372 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2373
2374 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2375 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2376
2377 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2378
2379 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2380
2381 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2382
2383 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2384
2385 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2386
2387 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2388
2389 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2390
2391 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2392
2393 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2394
2395 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2396
2397 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2398 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2399
2400 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2401 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2402 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2403
2404 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2405 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2406
2407 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2408
2409 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2410 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2411
2412 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2413
2414 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2415
2416 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2417
2418 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2419
2420 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2421
2422 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2423
2424 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2425 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2426
2427 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2428 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2429
2430 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2431 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2432
2433 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2434
2435 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2436 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2437
2438 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2439
2440 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2441 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2442
2443 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2444
2445 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2446
2447 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2448 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2449
2450 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2451 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2452
2453 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2454
2455 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2456 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2457
2458 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2459
2460 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2461
2462 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2463 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2464 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2465 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2466 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2467
2468 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2469
2470 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2471
2472 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2473
2474 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2475
2476 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2477
2478 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2479
2480 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2481 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2482
2483 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2484
2485 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2486
2487 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2488
2489 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2490
2491 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2492
2493 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2494
2495 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2496
2497 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2498
2499 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2500
2501 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2502
2503 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2504 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2505 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2506
2507 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2508 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2509
2510 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2511
2512 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2513
2514 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2515
2516 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2517
2518 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2519
2520 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2521 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2522
2523 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2524 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2525
2526 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2527 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2528
2529 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2530 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2531
2532 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2533 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2534
2535 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2536 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2537
2538 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2539
2540 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2541
2542 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2543 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2544 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2545 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2546 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2547
2548 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2549
2550 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2551
2552 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2553
2554 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2555
2556 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2557 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2558
2559 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2560
2561 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2562 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2563 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2564 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2565
2566 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2567
2568 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2569 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2570
2571 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2572
2573 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2574
2575 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2576
2577 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2578 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2579
2580 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2581
2582 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2583
2584 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2585
2586 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2587 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2588 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2589
2590 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2591
2592 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2593
2594 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2595
2596 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2597
2598 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2599
2600 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2601
2602 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2603
2604 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2605
2606 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2607
2608 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2609 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2610 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2611 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2612
2613 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2614
2615 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2616
2617 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2618
2619 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2620
2621 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2622
2623 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2624 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2625
2626 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2627 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2628 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2629 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2630
2631 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2632
2633 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2634 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
2635 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2636 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2637
2638 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2639 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2640
2641 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2642
2643 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2644
2645 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2646 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2647
2648 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2649
2650 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2651 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2652 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2653 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2654 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2655
2656 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2657
2658 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2659 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2660
2661 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2662 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2663 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2664
2665 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2666 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2667
2668 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
2669 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
2670
2671 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
2672
2673 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
2674 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
2675 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
2676 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
2677
2678 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2679
2680 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2681 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2682 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2683 };
2684
2685 /* source-level API compatibility */
2686 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2687 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
2688 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
2689 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
2690
2691 /*
2692 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2693 * here
2694 */
2695 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2696 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2697 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2698 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2699 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2700 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2701 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2702 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2703 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2704 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2705 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2706 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2707 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2708 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2709 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2710 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2711 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2712 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2713 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2714 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2715 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2716
2717 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
2718 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
2719 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64
2720 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2721 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2722 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2723 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
2724 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
2725
2726 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2727 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2728
2729 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2730
2731 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2732 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2733
2734 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2735
2736 /**
2737 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2738 *
2739 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2740 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2741 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2742 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2743 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2744 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2745 * AP type interface.
2746 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2747 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2748 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2749 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2750 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2751 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2752 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2753 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2754 * commands to create and destroy one
2755 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2756 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
2757 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
2758 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2759 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2760 *
2761 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2762 * to set the type of an interface.
2763 *
2764 */
2765 enum nl80211_iftype {
2766 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2767 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2768 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2769 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2770 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2771 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2772 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2773 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2774 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2775 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2776 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
2777 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
2778 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
2779
2780 /* keep last */
2781 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2782 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2783 };
2784
2785 /**
2786 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2787 *
2788 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2789 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2790 *
2791 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2792 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2793 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2794 * with short barker preamble
2795 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2796 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2797 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2798 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2799 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2800 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2801 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2802 * as errors.)
2803 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2804 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2805 * previously added station into associated state
2806 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2807 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2808 */
2809 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2810 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2811 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2812 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2813 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2814 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2815 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2816 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2817 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2818
2819 /* keep last */
2820 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2821 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2822 };
2823
2824 /**
2825 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2826 *
2827 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2828 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2829 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2830 */
2831 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2832 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2833 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2834
2835 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2836 };
2837
2838 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2839
2840 /**
2841 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2842 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2843 * @set: which values to set them to
2844 *
2845 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2846 */
2847 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2848 __u32 mask;
2849 __u32 set;
2850 } __attribute__((packed));
2851
2852 /**
2853 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
2854 *
2855 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
2856 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2857 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
2858 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
2859 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
2860 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
2861 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
2862 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
2863 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
2864 *
2865 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2866 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
2867 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
2868 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
2869 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
2870 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
2871 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
2872 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
2873 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
2874 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
2875 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
2876 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
2877 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
2878 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
2879 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2880 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
2881 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
2882 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2883 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
2884 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2885 */
2886 enum nl80211_rate_info {
2887 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
2888 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
2889 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
2890 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
2891 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
2892 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
2893 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
2894 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
2895 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2896 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2897 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
2898 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
2899 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
2900
2901 /* keep last */
2902 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2903 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2904 };
2905
2906 /**
2907 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
2908 *
2909 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
2910 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2911 *
2912 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2913 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
2914 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
2915 * (flag)
2916 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
2917 * (flag)
2918 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
2919 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
2920 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
2921 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2922 */
2923 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
2924 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
2925 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
2926 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2927 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2928 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
2929 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2930
2931 /* keep last */
2932 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
2933 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
2934 };
2935
2936 /**
2937 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
2938 *
2939 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
2940 * when getting information about a station.
2941 *
2942 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2943 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
2944 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2945 * (u32, from this station)
2946 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2947 * (u32, to this station)
2948 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2949 * (u64, from this station)
2950 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2951 * (u64, to this station)
2952 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
2953 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
2954 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
2955 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2956 * (u32, from this station)
2957 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2958 * (u32, to this station)
2959 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
2960 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
2961 * (u32, to this station)
2962 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
2963 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
2964 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
2965 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
2966 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
2967 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
2968 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
2969 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
2970 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
2971 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
2972 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
2973 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
2974 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
2975 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2976 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
2977 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
2978 * non-peer STA
2979 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
2980 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
2981 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
2982 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
2983 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
2984 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
2985 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
2986 * (u64)
2987 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
2988 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
2989 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
2990 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
2991 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
2992 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
2993 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
2994 * attributes carrying the actual values.
2995 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
2996 * received from the station (u64, usec)
2997 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2998 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
2999 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of (data)
3000 * ACK frame (s8, dBm)
3001 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3002 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3003 */
3004 enum nl80211_sta_info {
3005 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3006 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3007 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3008 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3009 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3010 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3011 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3012 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3013 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3014 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3015 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3016 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3017 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3018 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3019 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3020 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3021 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3022 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3023 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3024 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3025 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3026 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3027 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3028 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3029 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3030 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3031 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3032 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3033 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3034 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3035 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3036 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3037 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3038 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3039 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3040 NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3041
3042 /* keep last */
3043 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3044 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3045 };
3046
3047 /**
3048 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3049 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3050 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3051 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3052 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3053 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3054 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3055 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3056 * MSDUs (u64)
3057 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3058 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3059 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3060 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3061 */
3062 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3063 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3064 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3065 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3066 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3067 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3068 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3069 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3070
3071 /* keep last */
3072 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3073 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3074 };
3075
3076 /**
3077 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3078 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3079 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3080 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3081 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3082 * backlogged
3083 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3084 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3085 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3086 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3087 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3088 * (only for per-phy stats)
3089 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3090 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3091 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3092 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3093 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3094 */
3095 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3096 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3097 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3098 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3099 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3100 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3101 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3102 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3103 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3104 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3105 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3106 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3107 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3108
3109 /* keep last */
3110 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3111 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3112 };
3113
3114 /**
3115 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3116 *
3117 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3118 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3119 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3120 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3121 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3122 */
3123 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3124 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3125 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3126 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3127 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3128 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3129 };
3130
3131 /**
3132 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3133 *
3134 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3135 * information about a mesh path.
3136 *
3137 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3138 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3139 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3140 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3141 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3142 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3143 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3144 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3145 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3146 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3147 * currently defind
3148 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3149 */
3150 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3151 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3152 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3153 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3154 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3155 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3156 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3157 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3158 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3159
3160 /* keep last */
3161 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3162 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3163 };
3164
3165 /**
3166 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3167 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3168 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3169 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3170 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3171 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3172 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3173 * defined in 802.11n
3174 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3175 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3176 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3177 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3178 * defined in 802.11ac
3179 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3180 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3181 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3182 */
3183 enum nl80211_band_attr {
3184 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3185 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3186 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3187
3188 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3189 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3190 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3191 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3192
3193 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3194 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3195
3196 /* keep last */
3197 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3198 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3199 };
3200
3201 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3202
3203 /**
3204 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3205 *
3206 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3207 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3208 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3209 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3210 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3211 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3212 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3213 */
3214 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3215 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3216 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3217 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3218 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
3219 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
3220
3221 /* keep last */
3222 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3223 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3224 };
3225
3226 /**
3227 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3228 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3229 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3230 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3231 * regulatory domain.
3232 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3233 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3234 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3235 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3236 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3237 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3238 * (100 * dBm).
3239 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3240 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3241 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3242 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3243 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3244 * channel as the control channel
3245 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3246 * channel as the control channel
3247 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3248 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3249 * this includes 80+80 channels
3250 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3251 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3252 * isn't possible
3253 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3254 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3255 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3256 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3257 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3258 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3259 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3260 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3261 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3262 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3263 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3264 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3265 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3266 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3267 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3268 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3269 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3270 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3271 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3272 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3273 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3274 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3275 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3276 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3277 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3278 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3279 * currently defined
3280 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3281 *
3282 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3283 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3284 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3285 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3286 */
3287 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3288 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3289 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3290 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3291 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3292 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3293 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3294 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3295 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3296 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3297 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3298 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3299 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3300 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3301 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3302 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3303 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3304 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3305 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3306 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3307
3308 /* keep last */
3309 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3310 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3311 };
3312
3313 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3314 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3315 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3316 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3317 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3318 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3319
3320 /**
3321 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3322 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3323 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3324 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3325 * in 2.4 GHz band.
3326 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3327 * currently defined
3328 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3329 */
3330 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3331 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3332 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3333 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3334
3335 /* keep last */
3336 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3337 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3338 };
3339
3340 /**
3341 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3342 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3343 * regulatory domain.
3344 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3345 * regulatory domain.
3346 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3347 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3348 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3349 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3350 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3351 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3352 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3353 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3354 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3355 */
3356 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3357 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3358 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3359 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3360 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3361 };
3362
3363 /**
3364 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3365 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3366 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3367 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3368 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3369 * domain.
3370 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3371 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3372 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3373 * them to be applied.
3374 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3375 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3376 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3377 * domain request to be processed.
3378 */
3379 enum nl80211_reg_type {
3380 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3381 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3382 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3383 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3384 };
3385
3386 /**
3387 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3388 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3389 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3390 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3391 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3392 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3393 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3394 * band edge.
3395 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3396 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3397 * band edge.
3398 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3399 * frequency range, in KHz.
3400 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3401 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3402 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3403 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3404 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3405 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3406 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3407 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3408 * currently defined
3409 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3410 */
3411 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3412 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3413 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3414
3415 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3416 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3417 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3418
3419 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3420 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3421
3422 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3423
3424 /* keep last */
3425 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3426 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3427 };
3428
3429 /**
3430 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3431 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3432 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3433 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
3434 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3435 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3436 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3437 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3438 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3439 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3440 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3441 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3442 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3443 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3444 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3445 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3446 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3447 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3448 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3449 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3450 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3451 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
3452 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3453 * attribute number currently defined
3454 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3455 */
3456 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3457 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3458
3459 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3460 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3461 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3462 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3463 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
3464
3465 /* keep last */
3466 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3467 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3468 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3469 };
3470
3471 /* only for backward compatibility */
3472 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3473
3474 /**
3475 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3476 *
3477 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3478 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3479 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3480 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3481 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3482 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3483 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3484 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3485 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3486 * beaconing.
3487 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3488 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3489 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3490 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3491 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3492 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3493 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3494 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3495 */
3496 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3497 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3498 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3499 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3500 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3501 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3502 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3503 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
3504 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3505 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
3506 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
3507 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
3508 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3509 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3510 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3511 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
3512 };
3513
3514 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3515 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3516 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3517 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3518 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3519 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3520
3521 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3522 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3523
3524 /**
3525 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3526 *
3527 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3528 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3529 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3530 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3531 */
3532 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3533 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3534 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3535 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3536 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
3537 };
3538
3539 /**
3540 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3541 *
3542 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3543 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3544 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3545 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3546 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3547 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3548 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3549 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3550 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3551 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3552 * supported feature.
3553 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3554 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
3555 */
3556 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3557 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3558 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
3559 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
3560 };
3561
3562 /**
3563 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3564 *
3565 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3566 * when getting information about a survey.
3567 *
3568 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3569 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3570 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3571 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
3572 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3573 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3574 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
3575 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
3576 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
3577 * channel was sensed busy
3578 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3579 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3580 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3581 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3582 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3583 * (on this channel or globally)
3584 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3585 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3586 * currently defined
3587 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3588 */
3589 enum nl80211_survey_info {
3590 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3591 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3592 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3593 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
3594 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3595 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3596 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3597 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3598 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3599 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
3600 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
3601
3602 /* keep last */
3603 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3604 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3605 };
3606
3607 /* keep old names for compatibility */
3608 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3609 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3610 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3611 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3612 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3613
3614 /**
3615 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3616 *
3617 * Monitor configuration flags.
3618 *
3619 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3620 *
3621 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3622 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3623 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3624 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3625 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3626 * overrides all other flags.
3627 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3628 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
3629 *
3630 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3631 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3632 */
3633 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3634 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3635 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3636 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3637 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3638 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3639 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
3640 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
3641
3642 /* keep last */
3643 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3644 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3645 };
3646
3647 /**
3648 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3649 *
3650 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3651 * not known or has not been set yet.
3652 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3653 * in Awake state all the time.
3654 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3655 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3656 * neighbor's beacons.
3657 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3658 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3659 * for neighbor's beacons.
3660 *
3661 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3662 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3663 */
3664
3665 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3666 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3667 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3668 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3669 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3670
3671 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3672 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3673 };
3674
3675 /**
3676 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3677 *
3678 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3679 * active.
3680 *
3681 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3682 *
3683 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3684 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3685 *
3686 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3687 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3688 *
3689 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3690 * millisecond units
3691 *
3692 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3693 * on this mesh interface
3694 *
3695 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3696 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3697 * mesh
3698 *
3699 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
3700 * point.
3701 *
3702 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3703 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3704 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3705 * set.
3706 *
3707 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
3708 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3709 * target)
3710 *
3711 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
3712 * (in milliseconds)
3713 *
3714 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
3715 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
3716 *
3717 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
3718 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3719 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
3720 *
3721 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3722 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3723 * reference element
3724 *
3725 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
3726 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3727 * mesh
3728 *
3729 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3730 *
3731 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
3732 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
3733 *
3734 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3735 * root announcements are transmitted.
3736 *
3737 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
3738 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
3739 * Announcement frames.
3740 *
3741 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3742 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3743 * PERR element.
3744 *
3745 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
3746 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
3747 *
3748 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
3749 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3750 * a peer link.
3751 *
3752 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3753 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3754 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
3755 *
3756 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
3757 *
3758 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3759 *
3760 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3761 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3762 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
3763 *
3764 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3765 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
3766 *
3767 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
3768 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
3769 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
3770 *
3771 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
3772 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
3773 *
3774 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
3775 *
3776 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
3777 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
3778 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
3779 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
3780 *
3781 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3782 */
3783 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
3784 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
3785 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
3786 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
3787 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
3788 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
3789 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
3790 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
3791 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
3792 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
3793 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
3794 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3795 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
3796 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
3797 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
3798 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
3799 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
3800 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3801 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
3802 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
3803 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
3804 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
3805 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
3806 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
3807 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
3808 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
3809 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
3810 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
3811 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
3812 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
3813
3814 /* keep last */
3815 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3816 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3817 };
3818
3819 /**
3820 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
3821 *
3822 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
3823 * changed while the mesh is active.
3824 *
3825 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
3826 *
3827 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
3828 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
3829 * default HWMP.
3830 *
3831 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
3832 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
3833 * metric.
3834 *
3835 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
3836 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
3837 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
3838 * metrics in use.
3839 *
3840 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
3841 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
3842 *
3843 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
3844 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
3845 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
3846 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
3847 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
3848 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
3849 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
3850 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
3851 * userspace daemon.
3852 *
3853 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
3854 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
3855 * neighbor offset synchronization
3856 *
3857 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
3858 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
3859 *
3860 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
3861 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
3862 * Default is no authentication method required.
3863 *
3864 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
3865 *
3866 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
3867 */
3868 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
3869 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
3870 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
3871 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
3872 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
3873 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
3874 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
3875 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
3876 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
3877 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
3878
3879 /* keep last */
3880 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3881 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3882 };
3883
3884 /**
3885 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
3886 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
3887 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
3888 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
3889 * disabled
3890 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
3891 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3892 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
3893 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3894 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
3895 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
3896 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
3897 */
3898 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
3899 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
3900 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
3901 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
3902 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
3903 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
3904 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
3905
3906 /* keep last */
3907 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3908 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3909 };
3910
3911 enum nl80211_ac {
3912 NL80211_AC_VO,
3913 NL80211_AC_VI,
3914 NL80211_AC_BE,
3915 NL80211_AC_BK,
3916 NL80211_NUM_ACS
3917 };
3918
3919 /* backward compat */
3920 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
3921 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
3922 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
3923 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
3924 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
3925
3926 /**
3927 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
3928 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3929 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
3930 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3931 * below the control channel
3932 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3933 * above the control channel
3934 */
3935 enum nl80211_channel_type {
3936 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
3937 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
3938 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
3939 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
3940 };
3941
3942 /**
3943 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
3944 *
3945 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
3946 * attribute.
3947 *
3948 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3949 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
3950 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3951 * attribute must be provided as well
3952 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3953 * attribute must be provided as well
3954 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3955 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
3956 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3957 * attribute must be provided as well
3958 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
3959 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
3960 */
3961 enum nl80211_chan_width {
3962 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
3963 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3964 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
3965 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
3966 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
3967 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
3968 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3969 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3970 };
3971
3972 /**
3973 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
3974 *
3975 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
3976 *
3977 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
3978 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
3979 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
3980 */
3981 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
3982 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3983 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3984 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3985 };
3986
3987 /**
3988 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
3989 *
3990 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
3991 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
3992 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
3993 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
3994 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
3995 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
3996 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
3997 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
3998 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
3999 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4000 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4001 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4002 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4003 * they are from a Beacon frame.
4004 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4005 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4006 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4007 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4008 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4009 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4010 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4011 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4012 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4013 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4014 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4015 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4016 * yet been received
4017 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4018 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4019 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4020 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4021 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4022 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4023 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4024 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4025 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4026 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4027 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4028 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4029 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4030 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4031 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4032 * is set.
4033 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4034 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4035 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4036 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4037 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4038 */
4039 enum nl80211_bss {
4040 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4041 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
4042 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4043 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
4044 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4045 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4046 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4047 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4048 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4049 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
4050 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4051 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4052 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4053 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4054 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4055 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4056 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
4057 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4058 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4059 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4060
4061 /* keep last */
4062 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4063 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4064 };
4065
4066 /**
4067 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4068 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4069 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4070 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4071 * a given BSS.
4072 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4073 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4074 *
4075 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4076 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4077 */
4078 enum nl80211_bss_status {
4079 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4080 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4081 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4082 };
4083
4084 /**
4085 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4086 *
4087 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4088 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4089 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4090 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4091 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4092 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4093 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4094 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4095 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4096 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4097 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4098 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4099 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4100 */
4101 enum nl80211_auth_type {
4102 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4103 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4104 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4105 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4106 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4107 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4108 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4109 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4110
4111 /* keep last */
4112 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4113 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4114 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4115 };
4116
4117 /**
4118 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4119 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4120 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4121 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4122 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4123 */
4124 enum nl80211_key_type {
4125 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4126 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4127 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4128
4129 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4130 };
4131
4132 /**
4133 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4134 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4135 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4136 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4137 */
4138 enum nl80211_mfp {
4139 NL80211_MFP_NO,
4140 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4141 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4142 };
4143
4144 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4145 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4146 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4147 };
4148
4149 /**
4150 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4151 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4152 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4153 * unicast key
4154 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4155 * multicast key
4156 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4157 */
4158 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4159 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4160 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4161 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4162
4163 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4164 };
4165
4166 /**
4167 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4168 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4169 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4170 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4171 * keys
4172 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4173 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4174 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4175 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4176 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4177 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4178 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4179 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4180 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4181 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4182 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4183 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4184 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4185 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4186 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4187 */
4188 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4189 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4190 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4191 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4192 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4193 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4194 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4195 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4196 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4197 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4198
4199 /* keep last */
4200 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4201 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4202 };
4203
4204 /**
4205 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4206 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4207 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4208 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4209 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4210 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4211 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4212 * in an array of MCS numbers.
4213 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4214 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4215 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4216 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4217 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4218 */
4219 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4220 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4221 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4222 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4223 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
4224 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
4225
4226 /* keep last */
4227 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4228 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4229 };
4230
4231 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4232 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4233
4234 /**
4235 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4236 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4237 */
4238 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4239 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4240 };
4241
4242 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4243 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4244 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4245 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4246 };
4247
4248 /**
4249 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4250 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4251 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4252 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
4253 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4254 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4255 */
4256 enum nl80211_band {
4257 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4258 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4259 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4260
4261 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4262 };
4263
4264 /**
4265 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4266 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4267 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4268 */
4269 enum nl80211_ps_state {
4270 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4271 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4272 };
4273
4274 /**
4275 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4276 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4277 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4278 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4279 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4280 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4281 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4282 * crosses any of the thresholds.
4283 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4284 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4285 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4286 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4287 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4288 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4289 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4290 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4291 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4292 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4293 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4294 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4295 * checked.
4296 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4297 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4298 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4299 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4300 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4301 * loss event
4302 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4303 * RSSI threshold event.
4304 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4305 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4306 */
4307 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4308 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4309 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4310 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4311 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4312 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4313 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4314 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4315 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4316 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4317 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4318
4319 /* keep last */
4320 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4321 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4322 };
4323
4324 /**
4325 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4326 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4327 * configured threshold
4328 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4329 * configured threshold
4330 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4331 */
4332 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4333 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4334 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4335 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4336 };
4337
4338
4339 /**
4340 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4341 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4342 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4343 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4344 */
4345 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4346 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4347 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4348 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4349 };
4350
4351 /**
4352 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4353 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4354 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
4355 * a zero bit are ignored
4356 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
4357 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4358 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4359 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4360 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4361 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4362 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4363 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4364 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4365 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4366 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4367 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4368 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4369 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4370 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
4371 */
4372 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4373 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4374 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4375 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4376 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
4377
4378 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4379 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
4380 };
4381
4382 /**
4383 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
4384 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4385 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4386 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4387 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4388 *
4389 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4390 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4391 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4392 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4393 * by the kernel to userspace.
4394 */
4395 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
4396 __u32 max_patterns;
4397 __u32 min_pattern_len;
4398 __u32 max_pattern_len;
4399 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
4400 } __attribute__((packed));
4401
4402 /* only for backward compatibility */
4403 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4404 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4405 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4406 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4407 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4408 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4409 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4410
4411 /**
4412 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4413 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4414 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4415 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4416 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
4417 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4418 * any others are even supported by the device.
4419 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4420 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4421 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4422 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4423 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4424 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4425 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4426 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4427 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4428 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4429 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4430 *
4431 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
4432 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
4433 *
4434 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4435 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4436 * to the kernel when configuring.
4437 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4438 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4439 * by the device (flag)
4440 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4441 * done by the device) (flag)
4442 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4443 * packet (flag)
4444 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4445 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4446 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4447 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4448 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4449 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4450 * attribute contains the original length.
4451 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4452 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4453 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4454 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4455 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4456 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4457 * contains the original length.
4458 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4459 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4460 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4461 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4462 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4463 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4464 * the TCP connection.
4465 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4466 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4467 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4468 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4469 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4470 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4471 * service
4472 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4473 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
4474 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
4475 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4476 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4477 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
4478 * attribute is also sent in a response to
4479 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4480 * supported by the driver (u32).
4481 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4482 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
4483 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
4484 * that the information is not available. If more than one
4485 * element is present, it means that more than one match
4486 * occurred.
4487 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4488 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4489 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
4490 * these attributes must be present. If
4491 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4492 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4493 * channel.
4494 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4495 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4496 *
4497 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4498 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4499 */
4500 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4501 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4502 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4503 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4504 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4505 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4506 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4507 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4508 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4509 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4510 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4511 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4512 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4513 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4514 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4515 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4516 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4517 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4518 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
4519 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4520 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
4521
4522 /* keep last */
4523 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4524 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4525 };
4526
4527 /**
4528 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4529 *
4530 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4531 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4532 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4533 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4534 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4535 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4536 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4537 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4538 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4539 *
4540 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4541 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4542 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4543 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4544 * also woken up.
4545 *
4546 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4547 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4548 */
4549
4550 /**
4551 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4552 * @start: starting value
4553 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4554 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4555 *
4556 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4557 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4558 * in little endian.
4559 */
4560 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4561 __u32 start, offset, len;
4562 };
4563
4564 /**
4565 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4566 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4567 * @len: length of each token
4568 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4569 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4570 */
4571 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4572 __u32 offset, len;
4573 __u8 token_stream[];
4574 };
4575
4576 /**
4577 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4578 * @min_len: minimum token length
4579 * @max_len: maximum token length
4580 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4581 */
4582 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4583 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4584 };
4585
4586 /**
4587 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4588 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4589 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4590 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4591 * (in network byte order)
4592 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4593 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4594 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4595 * might require ARP querying.
4596 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4597 * socket and port will be allocated
4598 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4599 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4600 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4601 * of the data payload.
4602 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4603 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4604 * advertising it is just a flag
4605 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4606 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4607 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4608 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4609 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4610 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4611 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4612 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
4613 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4614 * but on the TCP payload only.
4615 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4616 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4617 */
4618 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4619 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4620 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4621 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4622 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4623 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4624 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4625 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4626 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4627 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4628 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4629 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4630 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4631
4632 /* keep last */
4633 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4634 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4635 };
4636
4637 /**
4638 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4639 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4640 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4641 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4642 *
4643 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4644 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4645 */
4646 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4647 __u32 max_rules;
4648 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4649 __u32 max_delay;
4650 } __attribute__((packed));
4651
4652 /**
4653 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4654 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4655 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4656 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4657 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4658 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4659 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4660 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4661 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4662 */
4663 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4664 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4665 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4666 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4667 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4668
4669 /* keep last */
4670 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4671 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4672 };
4673
4674 /**
4675 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4676 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4677 * in a rule are matched.
4678 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4679 * in a rule are not matched.
4680 */
4681 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4682 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4683 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4684 };
4685
4686 /**
4687 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4688 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4689 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4690 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4691 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4692 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4693 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4694 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4695 */
4696 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4697 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4698 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4699 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4700
4701 /* keep last */
4702 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4703 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4704 };
4705
4706 /**
4707 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4708 *
4709 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4710 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4711 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4712 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4713 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4714 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4715 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4716 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4717 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4718 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4719 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4720 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4721 * different channels may be used within this group.
4722 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4723 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
4724 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4725 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
4726 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
4727 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
4728 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
4729 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4730 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4731 *
4732 * Examples:
4733 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
4734 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
4735 *
4736 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
4737 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
4738 *
4739 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
4740 * => allows two STAs on different channels
4741 *
4742 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
4743 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
4744 *
4745 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
4746 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
4747 * that any of these groups must match.
4748 *
4749 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
4750 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
4751 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
4752 * interface type, the following group always exists:
4753 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
4754 */
4755 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
4756 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
4757 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
4758 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
4759 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
4760 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
4761 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
4762 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
4763 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
4764
4765 /* keep last */
4766 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
4767 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
4768 };
4769
4770
4771 /**
4772 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
4773 *
4774 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
4775 * state of non existant mesh peer links
4776 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
4777 * this mesh peer
4778 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
4779 * from this mesh peer
4780 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
4781 * received from this mesh peer
4782 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
4783 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
4784 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
4785 * plink are discarded
4786 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
4787 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
4788 */
4789 enum nl80211_plink_state {
4790 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
4791 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
4792 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
4793 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
4794 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
4795 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
4796 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
4797
4798 /* keep last */
4799 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
4800 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
4801 };
4802
4803 /**
4804 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
4805 *
4806 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
4807 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
4808 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
4809 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
4810 */
4811 enum plink_actions {
4812 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
4813 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
4814 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
4815
4816 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
4817 };
4818
4819
4820 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
4821 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
4822 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
4823
4824 /**
4825 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
4826 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4827 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
4828 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
4829 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
4830 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
4831 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
4832 */
4833 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
4834 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
4835 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
4836 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
4837 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
4838
4839 /* keep last */
4840 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
4841 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
4842 };
4843
4844 /**
4845 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
4846 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
4847 * Beacon frames)
4848 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
4849 * in Beacon frames
4850 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
4851 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
4852 */
4853 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
4854 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
4855 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
4856 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
4857 };
4858
4859 /**
4860 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
4861 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4862 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
4863 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
4864 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
4865 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
4866 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
4867 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
4868 */
4869 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
4870 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
4871 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
4872 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
4873
4874 /* keep last */
4875 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
4876 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
4877 };
4878
4879 /**
4880 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
4881 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4882 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
4883 * priority)
4884 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
4885 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
4886 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
4887 * (internal)
4888 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
4889 * (internal)
4890 */
4891 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
4892 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
4893 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
4894 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
4895 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
4896
4897 /* keep last */
4898 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
4899 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
4900 };
4901
4902 /**
4903 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
4904 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
4905 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
4906 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
4907 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
4908 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
4909 */
4910 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
4911 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
4912 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
4913 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
4914 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
4915 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
4916 };
4917
4918 /*
4919 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
4920 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
4921 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
4922 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
4923 };
4924 */
4925
4926 /**
4927 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
4928 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
4929 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
4930 * socket option.
4931 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
4932 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
4933 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
4934 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
4935 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
4936 * cellular base stations.
4937 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
4938 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
4939 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
4940 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
4941 * mode
4942 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
4943 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
4944 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
4945 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
4946 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
4947 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
4948 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
4949 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
4950 * setting
4951 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
4952 * powersave
4953 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
4954 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
4955 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
4956 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
4957 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
4958 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
4959 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
4960 * states using station flags.
4961 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
4962 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
4963 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
4964 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
4965 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
4966 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
4967 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
4968 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
4969 * still generated by the driver.
4970 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
4971 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
4972 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
4973 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
4974 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
4975 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
4976 * lifetime of a BSS.
4977 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
4978 * Set IE to probe requests.
4979 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
4980 * to probe requests.
4981 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
4982 * requests sent to it by an AP.
4983 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
4984 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
4985 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
4986 * Measurement Report action frame.
4987 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
4988 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
4989 * to enable dynack.
4990 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
4991 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4992 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
4993 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
4994 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4995 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
4996 * rts/cts handshake.
4997 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
4998 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
4999 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5000 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5001 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5002 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5003 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5004 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5005 * operating as a TDLS peer.
5006 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5007 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5008 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5009 * address mask/value will be used.
5010 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5011 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5012 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5013 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5014 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5015 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5016 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5017 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5018 */
5019 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5020 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
5021 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
5022 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
5023 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
5024 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
5025 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
5026 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
5027 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
5028 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
5029 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
5030 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
5031 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
5032 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
5033 /* bit 13 is reserved */
5034 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
5035 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
5036 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
5037 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
5038 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
5039 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
5040 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
5041 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
5042 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
5043 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
5044 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
5045 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
5046 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
5047 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
5048 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
5049 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
5050 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
5051 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31,
5052 };
5053
5054 /**
5055 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5056 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5057 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5058 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5059 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5060 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5061 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5062 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5063 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5064 * certain groups which can be configured by the
5065 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5066 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5067 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5068 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5069 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5070 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5071 * (if available).
5072 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5073 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5074 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5075 * (if available).
5076 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5077 * channel dwell time.
5078 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5079 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5080 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5081 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5082 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5083 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5084 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5085 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5086 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5087 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5088 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5089 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5090 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5091 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5092 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5093 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5094 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5095 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5096 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5097 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5098 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5099 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5100 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5101 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5102 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5103 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5104 * be supported.
5105 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5106 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5107 * actual dwell time.
5108 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5109 * response
5110 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5111 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5112 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5113 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
5114 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5115 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5116 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5117 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5118 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5119 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5120 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5121 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5122 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5123 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5124 * "radar detected" event.
5125 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5126 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5127 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This Driver support data ack
5128 * rssi if firmware support, this flag is to intimate about ack rssi
5129 * support to nl80211.
5130 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5131 * TXQs.
5132 *
5133 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5134 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5135 */
5136 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5137 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
5138 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
5139 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5140 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5141 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5142 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
5143 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5144 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5145 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5146 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
5147 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5148 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5149 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
5150 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
5151 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
5152 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5153 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5154 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5155 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5156 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5157 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5158 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5159 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5160 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5161 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
5162 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
5163 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
5164 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5165 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
5166
5167 /* add new features before the definition below */
5168 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
5169 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
5170 };
5171
5172 /**
5173 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
5174 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
5175 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
5176 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
5177 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
5178 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
5179 * to the host.
5180 *
5181 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
5182 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
5183 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
5184 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
5185 */
5186 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
5187 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
5188 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
5189 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
5190 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
5191 };
5192
5193 /**
5194 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
5195 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
5196 * handled by the AP is reached.
5197 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
5198 */
5199 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
5200 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
5201 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
5202 };
5203
5204 /**
5205 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
5206 *
5207 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
5208 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
5209 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
5210 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
5211 */
5212 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
5213 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
5214 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
5215 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
5216 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
5217 };
5218
5219 /**
5220 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
5221 *
5222 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
5223 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
5224 * requests.
5225 *
5226 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
5227 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
5228 * one of them can be used in the request.
5229 *
5230 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5231 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5232 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
5233 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
5234 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
5235 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
5236 * when really needed
5237 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
5238 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
5239 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
5240 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
5241 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
5242 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
5243 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
5244 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
5245 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
5246 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
5247 * request parameters IE in the probe request
5248 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
5249 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
5250 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is dicovered in the channel,
5251 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
5252 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
5253 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
5254 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
5255 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
5256 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
5257 * SSID and/or RSSI.
5258 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
5259 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
5260 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
5261 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
5262 * impacted with this flag.
5263 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
5264 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
5265 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
5266 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
5267 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
5268 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
5269 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
5270 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
5271 */
5272 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
5273 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
5274 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
5275 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
5276 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
5277 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
5278 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
5279 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
5280 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
5281 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
5282 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
5283 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
5284 };
5285
5286 /**
5287 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5288 *
5289 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5290 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5291 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5292 *
5293 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5294 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5295 * in ACL to authenticate.
5296 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5297 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5298 */
5299 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5300 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5301 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5302 };
5303
5304 /**
5305 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
5306 *
5307 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
5308 *
5309 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
5310 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
5311 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
5312 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
5313 */
5314 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
5315 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
5316 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
5317 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
5318
5319 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
5320 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5321 };
5322
5323 /**
5324 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
5325 *
5326 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5327 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5328 *
5329 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5330 * now unusable.
5331 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5332 * the channel is now available.
5333 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5334 * change to the channel status.
5335 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5336 * over, channel becomes usable.
5337 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
5338 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
5339 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
5340 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
5341 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
5342 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
5343 */
5344 enum nl80211_radar_event {
5345 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5346 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5347 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5348 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
5349 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
5350 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
5351 };
5352
5353 /**
5354 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5355 *
5356 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5357 *
5358 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
5359 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
5360 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
5361 * is therefore marked as not available.
5362 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
5363 */
5364 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5365 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
5366 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5367 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5368 };
5369
5370 /**
5371 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5372 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5373 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5374 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5375 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5376 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5377 */
5378 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5379 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
5380 };
5381
5382 /**
5383 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5384 *
5385 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5386 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5387 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5388 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5389 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5390 */
5391 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5392 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5393 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5394 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5395 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5396 /* add other protocols before this one */
5397 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5398 };
5399
5400 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5401 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
5402
5403 /**
5404 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5405 *
5406 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5407 *
5408 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5409 */
5410 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5411 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5412 };
5413
5414 /*
5415 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5416 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5417 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5418 */
5419 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
5420
5421 /**
5422 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5423 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5424 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5425 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5426 * added to this file when needed.
5427 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5428 */
5429 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5430 __u32 vendor_id;
5431 __u32 subcmd;
5432 };
5433
5434 /**
5435 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5436 *
5437 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5438 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5439 *
5440 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5441 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5442 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5443 */
5444 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5445 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5446 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5447 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5448 };
5449
5450 /**
5451 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5452 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5453 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5454 * seconds (u32).
5455 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5456 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5457 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5458 * make the scan plan meaningless.
5459 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5460 * currently defined
5461 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5462 */
5463 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5464 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5465 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5466 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5467
5468 /* keep last */
5469 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5470 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5471 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5472 };
5473
5474 /**
5475 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5476 *
5477 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5478 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5479 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
5480 */
5481 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5482 __u8 band;
5483 __s8 delta;
5484 } __attribute__((packed));
5485
5486 /**
5487 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5488 *
5489 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5490 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5491 * is requested.
5492 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5493 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5494 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5495 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5496 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5497 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5498 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5499 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5500 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5501 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5502 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5503 *
5504 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5505 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5506 * which the driver shall use.
5507 */
5508 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5509 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5510 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5511 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5512 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5513
5514 /* keep last */
5515 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5516 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5517 };
5518
5519 /**
5520 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5521 *
5522 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5523 *
5524 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5525 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5526 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5527 */
5528 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5529 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5530 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5531 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5532
5533 /* keep last */
5534 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5535 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5536 };
5537
5538 /**
5539 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5540 *
5541 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5542 *
5543 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5544 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5545 */
5546 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5547 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5548 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5549 };
5550
5551 /**
5552 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5553 *
5554 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5555 *
5556 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5557 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5558 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5559 */
5560 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5561 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5562 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5563 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5564 };
5565
5566 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5567 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5568 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5569
5570 /**
5571 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5572 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5573 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5574 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5575 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5576 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5577 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5578 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5579 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5580 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5581 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5582 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5583 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5584 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5585 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5586 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5587 * is follow up. This is a u8.
5588 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5589 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5590 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5591 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5592 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5593 * This is a flag.
5594 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5595 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5596 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5597 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5598 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5599 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5600 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5601 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5602 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5603 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5604 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5605 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5606 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5607 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5608 *
5609 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5610 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5611 */
5612 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5613 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5614 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5615 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5616 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5617 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5618 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5619 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5620 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5621 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5622 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5623 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5624 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5625 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5626 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5627 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5628 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5629 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5630
5631 /* keep last */
5632 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5633 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5634 };
5635
5636 /**
5637 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5638 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5639 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5640 * This is a flag.
5641 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5642 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5643 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5644 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5645 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5646 * and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5647 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5648 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5649 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5650 */
5651 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5652 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5653 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5654 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
5655 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5656 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5657
5658 /* keep last */
5659 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
5660 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
5661 };
5662
5663 /**
5664 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
5665 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
5666 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
5667 * match. This is a nested attribute.
5668 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5669 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
5670 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
5671 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5672 *
5673 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
5674 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
5675 */
5676 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
5677 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
5678 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
5679 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
5680
5681 /* keep last */
5682 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
5683 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
5684 };
5685
5686 /**
5687 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
5688 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
5689 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
5690 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
5691 */
5692 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
5693 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
5694 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
5695 };
5696
5697 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */